1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
118 struct linespec_result
*,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
120 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
141 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
142 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
147 struct symtab_and_line
,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
151 static struct breakpoint
*
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
159 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
164 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
165 struct obj_section
*, int);
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
232 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
293 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
344 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
351 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
361 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
365 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
371 /* The reference count. */
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line
*commands
;
378 struct command_line
*
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
381 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
395 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
397 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
407 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
410 fprintf_filtered (file
,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
423 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
426 fprintf_filtered (file
,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
458 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
460 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 else if (target_has_execution
)
478 if (always_inserted_mode
)
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto
,
499 condition_evaluation_host
,
500 condition_evaluation_target
,
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
519 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target
;
524 return condition_evaluation_host
;
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
544 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
546 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
602 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
606 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
610 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
631 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
635 static int breakpoint_count
;
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
645 static int tracepoint_count
;
647 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
648 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
649 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
655 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
663 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
664 breakpoint_count
= num
;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
687 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
704 static struct counted_command_line
*
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
707 struct counted_command_line
*result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
711 result
->commands
= commands
;
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
733 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
753 static struct cleanup
*
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
764 get_breakpoint (int num
)
766 struct breakpoint
*b
;
769 if (b
->number
== num
)
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
796 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
797 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
826 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
828 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
839 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
840 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
849 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
857 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
871 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
886 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
889 fprintf_filtered (file
,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
895 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
906 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
907 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
909 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
912 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
920 static struct bp_location
**
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
924 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
925 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
929 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
953 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
954 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
985 const char *arg
= exp
;
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
990 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
992 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
994 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
996 innermost_block
= NULL
;
998 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1005 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1007 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1012 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1025 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1027 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1031 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1032 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1037 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1056 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1071 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1073 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1081 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1086 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1094 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1118 struct command_line
*c
;
1120 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1124 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1128 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1137 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1147 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1148 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1164 struct command_line
*commands
)
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1168 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1169 struct command_line
*c
;
1170 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1189 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1191 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1205 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1209 struct command_line
*c2
;
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1212 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1213 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1215 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1234 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1237 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1239 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1240 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1252 struct command_line
*commands
)
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1257 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1268 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1271 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1281 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1284 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1294 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1297 if (old_task
!= task
)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1304 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1306 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1312 struct commands_info
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line
*control
;
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1326 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1335 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1337 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1339 struct command_line
*l
;
1341 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1342 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1345 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1348 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1352 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1354 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1363 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1368 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1373 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1380 struct command_line
*control
)
1382 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1383 struct commands_info info
;
1385 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1386 info
.control
= control
;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1392 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1394 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1395 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1397 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1398 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1410 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1413 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1419 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1426 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1428 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1440 return simple_control
;
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1448 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1452 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1468 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1470 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1479 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1487 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1488 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1490 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1497 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1509 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1513 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1519 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1524 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1529 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1530 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1534 const unsigned char *bp
;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1540 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1544 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1572 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1577 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1585 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1586 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1588 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1590 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1591 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1602 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1625 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1630 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1632 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1645 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1654 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1666 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1676 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1703 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1715 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1717 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1719 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1720 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1721 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1722 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1723 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1725 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1731 static struct value
*
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1734 struct value
*bit_val
;
1739 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1806 int within_current_scope
;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1816 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1823 within_current_scope
= 1;
1826 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1842 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1844 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1845 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1846 if (within_current_scope
)
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1855 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1864 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1865 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b
->val
);
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1879 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1881 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1885 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1886 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution
)
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1902 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1903 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1909 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1912 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1913 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1923 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1925 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1927 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1935 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1946 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1948 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1959 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1960 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1962 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1966 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1967 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1969 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1975 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1978 addr
= value_address (v
);
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1986 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1988 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1991 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1992 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1995 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1997 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1998 loc
->address
= addr
;
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2006 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2008 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2021 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2023 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2027 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2043 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2044 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2060 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2062 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2064 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2080 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2083 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2093 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2095 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2097 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2098 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2101 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2103 next
= value_next (v
);
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2114 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2115 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2116 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2117 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2118 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2119 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2122 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2145 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2148 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2151 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2170 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2211 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2214 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2215 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2224 static struct agent_expr
*
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2227 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2237 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2261 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2263 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2264 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2289 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2296 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2330 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2333 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2334 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2346 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2347 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2352 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2362 static struct agent_expr
*
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2365 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2366 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2367 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2369 const char *cmdrest
;
2370 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2371 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2373 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2380 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2382 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2384 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2387 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2389 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2391 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2393 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2395 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2398 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2400 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2403 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2405 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2409 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2413 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2418 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2419 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2421 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2429 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2430 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2431 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2455 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2457 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2458 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2478 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2479 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2495 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2502 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2503 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2513 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2527 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2531 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2534 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2535 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2547 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2548 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2556 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2559 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2572 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2573 int *disabled_breaks
,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2577 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2578 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2594 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2595 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2610 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2613 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2633 struct mem_region
*mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2642 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2643 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2645 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2647 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2649 static int said
= 0;
2651 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2662 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2670 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2678 || bl
->section
== NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2686 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2688 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2693 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2710 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2714 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2721 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2722 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2724 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2729 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2732 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2747 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2749 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2754 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2765 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2778 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2795 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2802 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2814 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2818 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2819 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2824 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2845 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2852 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2853 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2855 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2868 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2873 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2874 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2881 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2882 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2890 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2893 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2898 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2900 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2903 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2913 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2931 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2932 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2937 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2945 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2947 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2951 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2953 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2954 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2956 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2974 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2981 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2995 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2999 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3010 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3013 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3017 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3049 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3069 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3070 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3073 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3077 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3108 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3118 int some_failed
= 0;
3119 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3127 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3130 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3131 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3138 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3142 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3174 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3179 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3180 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3191 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3195 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3197 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3214 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3216 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3220 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3223 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3228 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3237 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3239 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3240 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3242 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3243 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3244 struct inferior
*inf
;
3245 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3247 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3251 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3252 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3254 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3256 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3257 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3259 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3261 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3267 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3270 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3275 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3279 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3281 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3282 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3283 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3284 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3285 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3286 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3288 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3291 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3294 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3295 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3299 static struct breakpoint
*
3300 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3301 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3302 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3304 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3305 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3307 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3310 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3311 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3313 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3314 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3315 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3320 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3322 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3324 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3326 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3327 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3329 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3332 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3335 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3336 int longjmp_searched
;
3338 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3339 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3344 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3345 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3347 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3348 int exception_searched
;
3350 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3351 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3354 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3356 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3357 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3359 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3362 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3364 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3367 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3368 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3370 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3371 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3373 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3375 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3378 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3379 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3381 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3382 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3384 return bp_objfile_data
;
3388 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3392 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3393 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3397 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3399 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3400 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3402 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3405 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3408 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3410 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3413 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3415 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3417 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3418 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3420 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3421 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3424 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3427 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3428 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3430 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3431 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3433 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3435 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3436 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3440 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3441 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3444 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3448 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3450 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3451 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3453 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3455 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3457 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3459 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3461 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3464 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3465 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3467 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3469 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3471 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3475 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3478 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3479 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3481 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3483 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3484 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3485 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3489 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3490 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3493 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3496 struct probe
*probe
;
3497 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3500 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3501 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3507 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3508 get_probe_address (probe
,
3511 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3512 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3513 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3519 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3522 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3524 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3525 const char *func_name
;
3528 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3531 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3532 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3534 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3536 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3537 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3539 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3540 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3543 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3546 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3547 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3548 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3549 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3550 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3554 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3559 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3561 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3563 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3564 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3565 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3567 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3569 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3571 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3574 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3576 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3579 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3581 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3583 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3586 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3588 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3590 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3591 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3592 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3594 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3595 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3598 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3601 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3602 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3603 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3606 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3612 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3615 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3618 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3620 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3621 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3623 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3626 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3627 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3630 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3632 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3633 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3637 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3641 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3642 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3644 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3646 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3647 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3648 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3652 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3653 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3656 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3658 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3660 struct probe
*probe
;
3663 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3664 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3668 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3670 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3671 get_probe_address (probe
,
3673 bp_exception_master
,
3674 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3675 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3676 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3682 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3684 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3687 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3689 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3691 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3693 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3694 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3696 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3700 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3703 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3704 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3706 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3707 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3708 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3709 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3716 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3718 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3719 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3721 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3722 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3723 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3724 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3725 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3726 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3727 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3728 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3729 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3730 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3731 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3735 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3738 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3739 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3741 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3745 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3746 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3748 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3752 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3753 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3754 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3755 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3756 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3758 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3762 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3763 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3765 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3769 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3770 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3772 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3776 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3778 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3779 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3780 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3782 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3786 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3788 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3789 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3790 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3791 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3795 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3796 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3797 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3798 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3799 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3800 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3802 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3803 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3804 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3805 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3806 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3807 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3808 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3810 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3811 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3812 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3813 let finish_command delete it.
3815 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3816 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3817 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3818 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3819 solib breakpoints.) */
3821 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3826 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3827 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3829 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3840 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3842 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3843 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3845 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3846 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3848 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3849 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3852 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3855 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3856 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3857 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3858 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3859 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3860 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3861 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3865 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3868 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3872 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3873 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3874 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3875 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3876 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3879 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3883 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3884 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3886 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3887 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3890 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3891 This should not ever happen. */
3892 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3894 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3897 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3898 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3899 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3901 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3902 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3903 || bl
->section
== NULL
3904 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3906 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3908 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3909 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3910 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3911 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3912 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3913 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3914 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3915 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3916 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3917 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3918 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3919 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3920 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3921 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3922 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3923 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3924 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3925 they should always be removed. */
3926 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3927 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3928 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3931 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3935 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3936 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3937 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3939 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3940 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3942 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3943 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3944 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3945 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3946 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3948 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3949 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3951 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3952 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3955 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3956 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3957 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3958 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3960 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3961 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3962 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3963 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3964 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3965 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3971 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3976 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3977 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3978 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3979 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3980 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3981 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3982 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3983 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3984 always-inserted mode. */
3986 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3987 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3988 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3989 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3995 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3997 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3999 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4000 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4002 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4003 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4005 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4006 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4007 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4010 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4011 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4014 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4015 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4017 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4021 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4028 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4031 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4033 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4034 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4036 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4037 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4040 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4041 This should not ever happen. */
4042 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4044 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4046 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4048 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4050 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4054 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4057 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4059 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4062 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4066 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4067 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4069 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4072 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4073 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4074 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4079 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4081 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4082 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4084 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4086 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4088 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4091 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4093 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4094 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4095 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4101 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4107 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4109 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4110 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4113 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4115 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4117 case bp_shlib_event
:
4119 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4120 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4121 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4122 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4123 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4125 (gdb) file prog-linux
4126 (gdb) run # native linux target
4129 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4130 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4133 case bp_step_resume
:
4135 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4137 case bp_single_step
:
4139 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4141 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4145 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4146 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4147 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4149 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4151 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4152 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4153 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4154 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4156 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4157 insert_breakpoints. */
4159 value_free (w
->val
);
4170 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4171 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4172 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4173 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4176 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4177 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4178 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4179 match, not program space. */
4181 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4182 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4183 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4184 permanent breakpoint.
4185 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4186 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4187 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4188 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4189 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4191 enum breakpoint_here
4192 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4194 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4195 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4199 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4200 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4203 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4204 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4205 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4206 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4208 if (overlay_debugging
4209 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4210 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4211 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4212 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4213 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4215 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4219 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4222 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4225 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4227 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4230 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4231 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4237 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4240 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4242 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4244 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4246 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4247 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4251 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4253 if (overlay_debugging
4254 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4255 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4256 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4264 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4268 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4271 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4273 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4275 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4279 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4282 if (overlay_debugging
4283 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4284 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4285 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4295 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4296 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4298 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4302 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4304 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4305 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4308 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4311 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4312 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4316 /* Check for intersection. */
4317 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4318 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4326 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4327 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4330 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4333 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4334 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4340 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4341 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4344 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4345 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4346 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4349 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4352 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4354 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4355 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4356 it is now time to do so. */
4358 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4359 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4363 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4365 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4366 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4367 it is now time to do so. */
4369 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4370 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4374 if (overlay_debugging
4375 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4376 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4377 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4386 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4390 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4392 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4395 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4399 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4401 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4402 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4403 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4404 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4408 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4409 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4412 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4429 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4430 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4433 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4437 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4442 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4444 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4445 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4446 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4447 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4448 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4450 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4451 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4455 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4465 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4468 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4473 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4475 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4481 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4484 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4486 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4488 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4490 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4492 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4497 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4506 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4507 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4508 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4509 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4511 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4512 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4514 Return 1 otherwise. */
4517 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4519 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4522 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4524 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4525 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4526 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4527 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4528 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4530 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4532 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4536 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4539 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4541 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4544 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4547 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4551 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4553 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4555 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4557 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4563 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4566 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4568 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4570 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4572 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4573 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4574 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4575 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4576 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4580 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4583 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4586 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4588 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4591 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4592 or its equivalent. */
4595 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4597 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4598 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4601 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4602 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4603 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4604 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4606 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4607 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4608 bpstat of the current thread. */
4611 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4614 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4617 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4619 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4622 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4623 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4625 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4627 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4630 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4631 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4633 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4634 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4635 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4637 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4639 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4640 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4641 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4642 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4643 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4644 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4645 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4646 the tree when we're done. */
4647 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4648 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4649 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4650 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4651 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4653 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4659 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4661 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4667 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4668 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4670 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4672 if (target_can_async_p ())
4673 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4674 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4675 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4678 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4679 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4680 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4681 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4682 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4683 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4684 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4685 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4686 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4687 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4688 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4689 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4690 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4695 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4700 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4702 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4704 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4705 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4706 && target_has_execution
4707 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4708 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4709 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4710 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4711 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4712 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4713 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4716 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4719 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4722 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4725 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4728 struct value_print_options opts
;
4729 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4730 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4734 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4735 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4736 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4737 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4740 static enum print_stop_action
4741 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4743 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4746 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4747 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4751 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4752 relevant messages. */
4753 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4756 case print_it_normal
:
4758 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4760 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4761 which has since been deleted. */
4763 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4765 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4766 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4771 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4772 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4777 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4780 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4783 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4785 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4789 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4790 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4791 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4793 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4794 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4795 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4798 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4799 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4800 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4804 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4808 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4809 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4812 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4817 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4818 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4819 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4822 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4827 struct so_list
*iter
;
4829 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4831 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4832 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4835 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4840 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4841 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4842 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4845 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4849 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4850 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4851 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4852 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4853 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4854 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4855 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4858 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4859 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4860 code to print the location. An example is
4861 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4863 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4864 to also print the location part of the message.
4865 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4866 don't require a location appended to the end.
4867 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4868 further info to be printed. */
4870 enum print_stop_action
4871 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4875 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4876 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4877 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4878 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4879 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4881 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4882 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4883 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4884 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4888 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4889 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4890 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4891 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4893 print_solib_event (0);
4894 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4897 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4898 with and nothing was printed. */
4899 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4902 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4903 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4904 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4905 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4906 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4907 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4910 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4912 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4913 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4915 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4919 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4922 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4926 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4928 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4929 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4930 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4931 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4932 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4933 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4934 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4936 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4940 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4941 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4944 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4946 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4948 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4950 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4952 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4953 as not triggered. */
4955 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4957 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4959 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4965 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4967 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4968 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4970 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4972 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4974 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4980 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4981 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4985 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4987 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4988 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4990 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4991 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4993 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4995 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4996 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4998 if (newaddr
== start
)
5000 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5004 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5005 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5009 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5018 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5019 because of check_errors). */
5020 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5021 #define WP_DELETED 1
5022 /* The value has changed. */
5023 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5024 /* The value has not changed. */
5025 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5026 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5029 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5030 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5032 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5035 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5036 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5039 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5041 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5042 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5043 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5044 int within_current_scope
;
5046 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5047 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5048 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5050 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5051 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5052 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5053 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5056 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5057 within_current_scope
= 1;
5060 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5061 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5062 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5064 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5065 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5066 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5067 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5068 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5069 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5070 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5071 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5072 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5073 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5076 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5077 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5079 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5080 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5081 if (within_current_scope
)
5083 struct symbol
*function
;
5085 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5086 if (function
== NULL
5087 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5088 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5089 within_current_scope
= 0;
5092 if (within_current_scope
)
5093 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5094 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5099 if (within_current_scope
)
5101 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5102 time before we return to the command level and call
5103 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5104 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5108 struct value
*new_val
;
5110 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5111 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5112 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5113 a mask watchpoint. */
5114 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5116 mark
= value_mark ();
5117 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5119 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5120 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5122 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5123 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5124 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5125 not what we want. */
5126 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5127 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5129 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5131 release_value (new_val
);
5132 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5134 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5137 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5141 /* Nothing changed. */
5142 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5143 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5148 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5150 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5151 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5152 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5153 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5154 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5155 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5156 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5157 the first value assigned). */
5158 /* We print all the stop information in
5159 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5160 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5161 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5163 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5165 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5166 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5167 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5169 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5170 which its expression is valid.\n");
5172 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5173 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5174 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5180 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5181 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5182 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5185 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5186 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5187 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5189 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5191 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5192 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5194 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5197 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5198 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5201 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5203 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5204 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5206 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5207 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5208 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5209 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5210 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5213 int must_check_value
= 0;
5215 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5216 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5218 must_check_value
= 1;
5219 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5220 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5221 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5223 must_check_value
= 1;
5224 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5225 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5226 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5227 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5228 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5229 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5230 must_check_value
= 1;
5232 if (must_check_value
)
5235 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5237 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5238 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5240 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5244 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5245 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5249 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5252 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5253 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5255 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5257 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5258 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5259 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5260 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5261 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5262 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5263 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5266 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5267 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5270 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5271 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5272 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5273 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5275 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5276 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5277 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5280 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5281 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5282 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5283 changes. This still gives false positives when
5284 the program writes the same value to memory as
5285 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5286 it for a read), but it's much better than
5289 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5291 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5293 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5296 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5297 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5299 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5300 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5302 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5303 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5305 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5311 if (other_write_watchpoint
5312 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5314 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5315 and the value changed since the last time we
5316 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5318 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5323 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5324 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5325 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5327 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5328 the value hasn't changed. */
5329 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5337 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5338 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5339 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5340 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5341 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5345 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5347 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5348 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5349 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5350 anything for this watchpoint. */
5351 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5357 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5358 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5359 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5360 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5363 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5365 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5366 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5367 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5368 struct expression
*cond
;
5370 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5372 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5373 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5374 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5375 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5376 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5378 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5379 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5380 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5382 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5383 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5389 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5390 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5392 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5393 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5400 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5402 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5404 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5406 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5413 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5415 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5416 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5418 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5419 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5420 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5421 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5423 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5425 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5426 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5430 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5431 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5432 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5433 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5434 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5436 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5437 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5440 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5442 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5443 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5444 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5445 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5446 really matter which instantiation of the function
5447 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5448 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5449 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5450 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5451 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5452 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5453 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5454 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5456 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5458 select_frame (frame
);
5460 within_current_scope
= 0;
5462 if (within_current_scope
)
5464 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5465 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5469 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5470 "in the current scope"));
5471 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5472 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5475 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5476 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5479 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5483 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5487 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5489 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5494 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5495 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5497 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5498 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5501 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5503 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5505 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5506 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5507 several reasons concurrently.)
5509 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5510 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5513 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5514 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5515 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5517 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5518 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5519 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5520 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5521 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5522 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5525 int need_remove_insert
;
5528 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5529 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5530 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5531 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5532 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5533 inferior function calls. */
5537 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5540 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5542 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5543 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5544 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5545 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5546 checked all locations already. */
5547 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5550 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5553 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5556 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5559 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5562 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5563 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5564 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5568 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5569 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5570 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5572 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5574 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5576 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5581 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5582 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5584 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5586 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5587 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5590 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5594 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5595 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5596 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5598 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5600 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5602 handle_solib_event ();
5607 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5608 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5609 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5613 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5618 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5619 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5622 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5627 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5629 /* We will stop here. */
5630 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5632 --(b
->enable_count
);
5633 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5634 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5635 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5640 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5641 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5642 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5643 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5646 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5651 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5653 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5654 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5657 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5658 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5659 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5661 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5662 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5663 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5665 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5666 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5668 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5670 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5671 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5674 if (need_remove_insert
)
5675 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5676 else if (removed_any
)
5677 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5683 handle_jit_event (void)
5685 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5686 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5688 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5689 breakpoint_re_set. */
5690 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5692 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5693 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5695 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5697 target_terminal_inferior ();
5700 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5702 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5705 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5707 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5711 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5712 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5713 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5715 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5717 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5718 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5719 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5722 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5724 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5725 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5729 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5736 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5737 case bp_single_step
:
5740 case bp_shlib_event
:
5744 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5746 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5749 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5752 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5753 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5754 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5758 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5760 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5764 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5765 This requires no further action. */
5769 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5771 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5772 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5774 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5775 case bp_exception_resume
:
5776 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5777 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5779 case bp_step_resume
:
5781 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5784 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5785 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5788 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5790 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5793 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5794 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5797 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5798 case bp_thread_event
:
5799 case bp_overlay_event
:
5800 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5801 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5802 case bp_exception_master
:
5803 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5809 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5811 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5815 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5816 This requires no further action. */
5821 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5824 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5825 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5826 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5827 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5829 case bp_std_terminate
:
5830 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5831 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5832 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5833 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5836 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5837 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5838 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5839 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5841 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5842 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5844 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5845 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5846 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5848 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5849 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5850 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5851 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5856 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5862 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5863 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5866 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5869 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5870 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5875 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5877 handle_jit_event ();
5880 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5882 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5888 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5889 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5891 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5892 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5900 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5901 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5902 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5905 bpstat_should_step (void)
5907 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5910 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5916 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5918 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5927 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5928 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5929 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5932 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5934 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5935 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5939 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5941 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5943 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5944 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5945 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5950 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5956 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5957 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5959 "host": Host evals condition.
5960 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5961 "target": Target evals condition.
5965 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5967 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5968 char host_evals
= 0;
5969 char target_evals
= 0;
5974 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5977 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5978 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5979 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5981 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5983 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5989 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5990 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5991 else if (target_evals
)
5992 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5994 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5997 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5998 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6001 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6003 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6006 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6007 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6008 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6010 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6011 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6013 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6016 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6019 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6020 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6022 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6023 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6025 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6029 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6031 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6032 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
6033 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6036 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6039 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6040 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6041 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6043 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6044 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6046 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6047 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6048 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6051 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6052 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6054 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6058 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6059 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6061 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6063 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6065 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6070 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6071 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6072 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6074 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6075 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6076 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6077 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6080 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6084 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6086 struct ep_type_description
6091 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6093 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6094 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6095 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6096 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6097 {bp_until
, "until"},
6098 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6099 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6100 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6101 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6102 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6103 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6104 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6105 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6106 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6107 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6108 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6109 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6110 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6111 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6112 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6113 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6114 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6115 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6116 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6117 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6118 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6119 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6120 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6121 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6122 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6123 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6124 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6125 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6126 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6129 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6130 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6131 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6132 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6135 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6138 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6139 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6142 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6143 const char *field_name
,
6147 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6148 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6152 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6153 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6154 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6157 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6159 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6165 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6166 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6171 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6173 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6175 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6179 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6182 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6185 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6186 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6188 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6191 struct command_line
*l
;
6192 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6194 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6195 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6196 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6197 struct value_print_options opts
;
6199 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6201 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6202 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6203 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6206 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6207 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6215 if (part_of_multiple
)
6218 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6219 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6224 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6229 if (part_of_multiple
)
6230 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6232 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6236 if (part_of_multiple
)
6237 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6239 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6244 if (part_of_multiple
)
6245 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6247 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6248 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6249 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6253 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6255 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6256 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6257 make sure there's just one location. */
6258 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6259 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6265 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6266 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6270 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6271 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6272 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6274 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6276 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6277 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6278 is relatively readable). */
6279 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6280 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6282 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6287 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6288 case bp_single_step
:
6292 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6293 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6295 case bp_exception_resume
:
6296 case bp_step_resume
:
6297 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6298 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6300 case bp_std_terminate
:
6301 case bp_shlib_event
:
6302 case bp_thread_event
:
6303 case bp_overlay_event
:
6304 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6305 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6306 case bp_exception_master
:
6308 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6309 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6312 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6313 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6314 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6317 if (header_of_multiple
)
6318 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6319 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6320 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6322 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6323 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6326 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6327 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6334 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6336 struct inferior
*inf
;
6337 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6342 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6343 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6346 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6347 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6349 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6350 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6351 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6352 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6353 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6354 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6356 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6357 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6360 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6362 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6364 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6365 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6366 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6369 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6371 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6372 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6376 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6378 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6379 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6381 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6384 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6385 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6387 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6388 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6389 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6392 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6395 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6396 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6398 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6399 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6401 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6402 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6403 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6404 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6405 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6407 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6408 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6409 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6410 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6412 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6415 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6417 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6418 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6419 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6420 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6423 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6427 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6428 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6429 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6430 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6431 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6433 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6434 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6435 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6436 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6437 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6439 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6443 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6444 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6445 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6449 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6453 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6454 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6457 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6458 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6459 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6460 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6463 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6464 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6465 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6466 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6467 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6469 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6470 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6471 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6474 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6476 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6478 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6480 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6481 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6482 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6486 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6487 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6489 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6492 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6493 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6494 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6497 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6499 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6501 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6503 annotate_field (10);
6504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6505 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6506 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6509 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6511 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6513 annotate_field (11);
6515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6516 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6517 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6521 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6523 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6524 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6531 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6533 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6535 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6537 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6538 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6543 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6544 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6547 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6548 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6550 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6552 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6553 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6555 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6556 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6557 locations, if any. */
6558 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6560 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6561 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6562 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6565 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6566 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6568 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6569 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6571 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6574 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6576 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6577 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6578 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6579 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6586 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6588 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6589 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6591 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6595 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6596 an address to print. */
6597 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6600 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6601 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6602 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6605 return print_address_bits
;
6608 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6614 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6616 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6617 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6618 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6622 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6624 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6632 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6633 char **error_message
)
6635 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6638 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6640 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6641 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6647 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6648 internal or momentary. */
6651 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6653 return b
->number
> 0;
6656 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6657 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6658 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6659 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6660 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6661 breakpoints listed. */
6664 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6665 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6667 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6668 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6669 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6670 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6671 struct value_print_options opts
;
6672 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6673 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6674 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6676 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6678 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6679 required for address fields. */
6680 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6683 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6684 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6687 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6688 accept. Skip the others. */
6689 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6691 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6693 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6697 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6699 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6701 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6702 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6703 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6705 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6706 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6707 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6709 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6713 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6715 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6716 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6720 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6721 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6724 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6725 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6726 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6728 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6729 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6731 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6732 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6733 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6735 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6736 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6738 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6739 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6741 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6743 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6744 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6745 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6747 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6748 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6750 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6752 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6753 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6754 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6755 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6760 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6761 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6764 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6765 accept. Skip the others. */
6767 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6769 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6771 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6774 else /* all others */
6776 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6780 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6782 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6783 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6786 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6790 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6794 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6795 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6797 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6798 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6804 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6805 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6808 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6809 there have been breakpoints? */
6810 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6812 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6815 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6816 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6819 default_collect_info (void)
6821 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6823 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6824 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6826 if (!*default_collect
)
6829 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6831 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6832 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6833 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6837 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6839 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6841 default_collect_info ();
6845 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6847 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6848 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6850 if (num_printed
== 0)
6852 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6853 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6855 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6860 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6862 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6864 default_collect_info ();
6868 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6869 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6870 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6872 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6874 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6876 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6877 && bl
->address
== pc
6878 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6884 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6885 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6889 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6890 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6891 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6894 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6897 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6898 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6902 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6903 else /* if (others == ???) */
6904 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6906 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6909 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6910 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6911 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6912 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6913 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6914 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6915 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6916 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6918 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6922 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6924 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6925 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6926 printf_filtered (".\n");
6931 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6932 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6933 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6934 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6936 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6937 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6938 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6939 breakpoint at address zero:
6947 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6949 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6951 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6954 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6955 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6958 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6959 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6961 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6962 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6964 /* Both of them must exist. */
6965 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6966 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6968 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6969 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6970 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6971 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6972 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6973 other watchpoint. */
6975 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6977 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6980 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6982 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6986 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6987 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6988 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6989 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6990 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6991 become hw_access locations later. */
6992 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6993 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6994 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6995 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6998 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7001 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7002 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7004 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7005 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7009 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7010 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7011 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7012 space doesn't really matter. */
7015 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7016 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7019 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7020 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7021 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7024 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7025 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7026 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7027 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7030 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7031 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7034 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7037 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7038 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7042 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7043 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7044 true, otherwise returns false. */
7047 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7048 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7050 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7051 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7052 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7053 different locations. */
7054 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7059 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7060 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7061 represent the same location. */
7064 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7065 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7067 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7069 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7070 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7071 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7073 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7074 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7076 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7079 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7080 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7081 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7083 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7084 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7085 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7086 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7090 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7091 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7093 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7094 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7098 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7099 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7101 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7102 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7104 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7107 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7108 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7109 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7110 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7113 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7114 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7116 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7118 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7121 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7122 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7123 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7124 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7125 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7127 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7128 have their addresses modified. */
7131 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7133 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7134 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7135 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7136 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7137 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7138 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7143 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7145 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7146 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7147 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7149 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7150 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7152 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7153 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7155 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7160 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7161 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7163 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7165 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7170 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7171 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7174 switch (owner
->type
)
7177 case bp_single_step
:
7181 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7182 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7184 case bp_exception_resume
:
7185 case bp_step_resume
:
7186 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7187 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7189 case bp_std_terminate
:
7190 case bp_shlib_event
:
7191 case bp_thread_event
:
7192 case bp_overlay_event
:
7194 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7195 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7196 case bp_exception_master
:
7197 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7198 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7200 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7201 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7203 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7204 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7205 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7207 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7208 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7209 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7210 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7215 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7216 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7217 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7220 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7226 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7228 static struct bp_location
*
7229 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7231 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7235 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7237 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7241 /* Increment reference count. */
7244 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7249 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7250 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7253 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7255 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7257 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7258 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7262 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7265 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7267 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7269 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7270 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7272 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7274 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7283 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7286 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7287 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7289 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7291 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7293 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7297 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7298 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7299 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7301 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7304 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7306 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7307 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7308 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7309 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7312 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7313 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7315 static struct breakpoint
*
7316 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7318 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7320 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7322 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7323 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7327 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7328 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7332 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7334 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7336 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7337 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7338 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7341 const char *function_name
;
7342 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7344 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7345 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7347 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7349 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7351 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7352 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7353 &loc
->requested_address
))
7355 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7356 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7357 loc
->requested_address
,
7360 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7361 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7363 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7364 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7365 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7366 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7368 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7373 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7377 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7379 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7382 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7384 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7389 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7390 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7391 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7393 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7394 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7395 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7398 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7399 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7400 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7402 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7404 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7406 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7407 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7409 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7410 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7412 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7413 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7416 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7417 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7418 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7419 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7420 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7421 is also returned as the value of this function.
7423 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7424 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7425 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7426 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7427 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7428 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7429 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7432 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7433 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7434 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7436 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7438 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7439 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7444 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7445 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7447 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7449 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7451 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7453 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7454 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7455 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7456 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7457 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7458 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7462 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7463 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7464 initiated the operation. */
7467 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7469 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7470 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7472 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7473 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7474 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7475 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7477 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7478 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7479 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7481 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7482 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7484 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7485 after their removal. */
7486 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7487 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7488 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7491 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7494 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7496 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7498 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7501 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7503 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7504 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7509 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7511 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7514 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7516 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7517 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7521 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7522 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7523 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7527 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7529 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7532 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7534 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7536 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7537 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7539 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7541 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7543 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7546 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7547 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7548 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7549 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7555 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7556 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7559 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7560 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7564 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7566 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7568 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7569 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7571 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7573 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7574 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7575 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7576 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7579 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7581 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7583 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7584 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7585 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7587 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7592 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7594 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7597 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7599 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7600 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7601 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7606 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7611 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7613 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7614 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7615 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7619 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7620 master breakpoint. */
7622 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7624 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7626 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7627 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7628 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7630 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7631 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7635 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7637 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7639 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7641 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7642 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7643 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7647 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7649 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7651 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7652 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7654 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7655 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7657 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7659 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7665 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7667 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7670 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7671 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7672 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7675 struct lang_and_radix
7681 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7684 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7686 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7688 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7689 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7690 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7694 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7697 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7699 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7701 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7702 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7703 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7704 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7708 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7710 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7713 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7714 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7715 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7718 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7721 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7723 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7726 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7727 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7728 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7731 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7732 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7733 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7735 static struct breakpoint
*
7736 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7737 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7739 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7741 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7742 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7743 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7748 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7750 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7753 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7756 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7758 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7760 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7762 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7763 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7765 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7771 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7772 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7775 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7777 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7781 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7782 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7784 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7785 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7786 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7787 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7788 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7789 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7790 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7791 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7792 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7793 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7794 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7795 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7798 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7803 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7804 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7805 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7808 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7810 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7811 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7813 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7814 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7815 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7816 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7817 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7818 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7821 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7823 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7824 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7826 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7827 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7828 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7829 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7830 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7831 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7832 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7833 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7834 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7836 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7837 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7838 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7839 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7842 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7843 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7845 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7847 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7848 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7849 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7852 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7857 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7858 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7859 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7862 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7864 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7866 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7869 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7870 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7871 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7872 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7873 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7874 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7875 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7876 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7877 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7878 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7880 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7881 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7886 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7887 int bp_modified
= 0;
7889 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7892 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7894 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7896 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7897 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7900 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7903 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7906 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7907 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7910 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7912 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7913 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7914 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7915 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7916 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7919 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7926 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7930 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7932 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7933 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7934 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7935 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7936 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7938 struct fork_catchpoint
7940 /* The base class. */
7941 struct breakpoint base
;
7943 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7944 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7945 catchpoint has triggered. */
7946 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7949 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7953 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7955 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7958 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7962 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7964 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7967 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7971 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7972 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7973 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7975 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7977 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7980 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7984 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7987 static enum print_stop_action
7988 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7991 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7992 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7994 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7995 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7998 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8001 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8002 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8003 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8005 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8006 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8007 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8009 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8012 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8016 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8018 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8019 struct value_print_options opts
;
8020 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8022 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8024 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8025 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8027 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8028 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8030 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8031 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8033 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8035 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8036 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8040 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8043 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8047 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8049 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8052 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8056 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8059 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8062 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8064 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8066 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8070 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8072 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8075 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8079 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8081 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8084 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8088 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8089 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8090 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8092 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8094 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8097 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8101 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8104 static enum print_stop_action
8105 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8107 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8108 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8109 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8111 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8112 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8115 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8118 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8119 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8120 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8122 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8123 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8124 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8125 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8126 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8129 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8133 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8135 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8136 struct value_print_options opts
;
8137 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8139 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8140 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8141 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8143 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8144 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8146 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8147 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8149 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8150 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8151 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8152 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8155 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8156 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8159 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8163 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8165 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8168 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8172 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8174 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8175 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8178 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8180 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8182 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8183 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8184 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8185 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8186 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8188 struct solib_catchpoint
8190 /* The base class. */
8191 struct breakpoint base
;
8193 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8194 unsigned char is_load
;
8196 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8197 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8203 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8205 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8208 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8209 xfree (self
->regex
);
8211 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8215 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8221 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8227 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8228 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8230 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8232 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8233 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8235 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8240 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8242 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8245 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8248 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8251 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8253 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8262 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8264 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8265 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8270 struct so_list
*iter
;
8273 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8278 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8287 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8292 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8298 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8301 static enum print_stop_action
8302 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8304 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8305 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8307 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8308 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8309 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8311 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8312 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8313 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8314 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8315 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8316 print_solib_event (1);
8317 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8321 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8323 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8324 struct value_print_options opts
;
8325 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8328 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8329 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8330 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8332 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8335 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8342 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8344 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8349 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8351 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8353 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8356 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8357 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8358 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8362 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8364 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8366 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8367 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8371 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8373 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8376 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8377 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8380 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8383 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8385 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8386 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8387 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8388 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8389 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8390 created in an enabled state. */
8393 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8395 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8396 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8397 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8401 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8403 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8404 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8410 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8413 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8415 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8416 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8418 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8421 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8422 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8423 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8425 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8427 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8428 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8431 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8435 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8436 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8439 const int enabled
= 1;
8441 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8443 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8447 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8448 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8450 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8454 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8455 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8457 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8460 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8461 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8462 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8463 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8464 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8466 struct syscall_catchpoint
8468 /* The base class. */
8469 struct breakpoint base
;
8471 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8472 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8473 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8474 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8475 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8478 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8482 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8484 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8486 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8488 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8491 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8493 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8495 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8496 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8497 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8499 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8500 int any_syscall_count
;
8502 /* Count of each system call. */
8503 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8505 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8506 if any catching is necessary. */
8507 int total_syscalls_count
;
8510 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8511 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8513 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8515 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8516 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8518 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8519 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8526 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8532 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8536 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8538 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8539 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8540 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8541 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8543 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8544 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8545 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8551 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8556 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8558 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8559 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8560 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8562 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8563 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8564 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8566 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8567 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8569 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8570 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8574 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8575 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8576 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8578 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8580 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8583 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8587 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8589 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8590 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8591 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8592 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8594 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8595 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8596 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8602 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8606 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8607 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8609 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8610 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8614 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8615 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8616 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8618 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8620 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8623 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8627 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8628 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8629 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8631 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8632 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8633 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8634 int syscall_number
= 0;
8635 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8636 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8638 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8639 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8642 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8644 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8645 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8650 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8652 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8661 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8664 static enum print_stop_action
8665 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8667 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8668 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8669 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8670 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8671 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8672 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8674 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8677 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8679 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8681 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8683 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8684 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8686 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8687 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8689 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8690 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8691 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8692 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8693 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8695 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8697 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8698 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8700 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8702 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8703 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8705 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8709 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8712 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8716 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8717 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8719 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8720 struct value_print_options opts
;
8721 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8723 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8724 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8725 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8727 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8728 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8731 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8732 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8733 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8735 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8737 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8740 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8743 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8748 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8751 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8753 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8755 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8756 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8760 /* Remove the last comma. */
8761 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8762 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8765 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8766 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8768 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8769 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8772 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8776 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8778 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8780 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8784 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8785 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8787 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8790 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8794 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8797 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8799 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8801 printf_filtered (")");
8804 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8808 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8812 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8814 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8818 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8823 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8828 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8830 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8832 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8835 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8838 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8840 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8842 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8845 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8847 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8850 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8851 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8852 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8853 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8856 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8857 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8859 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8861 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8864 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8866 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8868 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8869 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8873 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8875 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8876 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8877 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8878 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8881 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8884 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8888 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8889 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8890 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8892 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8894 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8896 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8898 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8901 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8903 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8904 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8905 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8906 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8907 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8909 struct exec_catchpoint
8911 /* The base class. */
8912 struct breakpoint base
;
8914 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8915 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8917 char *exec_pathname
;
8920 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8924 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8926 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8928 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8930 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8934 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8936 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8940 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8942 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8946 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8947 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8948 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8950 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8952 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8955 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8959 static enum print_stop_action
8960 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8962 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8963 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8964 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8966 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8967 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8968 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8970 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8971 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8973 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8974 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8975 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8977 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8978 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8979 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8980 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8982 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8986 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8988 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8989 struct value_print_options opts
;
8990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8992 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8994 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8995 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8996 is relatively readable). */
8997 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8998 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9000 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
9001 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
9003 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
9004 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
9005 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
9008 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9009 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
9013 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9015 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
9018 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9022 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9024 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
9025 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9028 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
9031 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
9032 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
9034 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
9035 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9037 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
9038 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
9039 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
9041 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9045 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9048 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9049 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9053 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9054 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9056 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9058 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9065 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9069 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9072 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9074 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9077 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9079 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9081 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9087 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9088 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9089 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9090 types _not_ TYPE. */
9093 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
9094 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
9097 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9099 *other_type_used
= 0;
9104 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9107 if (b
->type
== type
)
9108 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9109 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9110 *other_type_used
= 1;
9117 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9119 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9123 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9125 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9126 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9132 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9134 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9138 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9140 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9141 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9147 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9149 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9150 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9154 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9156 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9157 breakpoint_re_set ();
9160 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9163 static struct breakpoint
*
9164 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
9166 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9168 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
9169 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9171 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9172 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
9175 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
9177 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
9182 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9183 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9187 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9188 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9190 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9192 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9194 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9196 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9197 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9198 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9199 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9201 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9202 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9204 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9205 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9207 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9212 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9213 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9214 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9216 static struct breakpoint
*
9217 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9219 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9222 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9224 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9225 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9226 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9228 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9229 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9230 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9231 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9232 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9233 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9234 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9235 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9236 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9237 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9238 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9239 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9241 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9242 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9243 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9245 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9249 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9253 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9255 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9259 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9263 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9266 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9268 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9270 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9271 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9273 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9277 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9280 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9282 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9283 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9285 printf_filtered ("\n");
9289 static struct bp_location
*
9290 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9291 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9293 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9294 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9295 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9297 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9298 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9300 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9301 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9302 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9303 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9304 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9305 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9306 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9309 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9310 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9311 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9312 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9317 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9318 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9319 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9320 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9321 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9322 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9323 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9324 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9325 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9326 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9328 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9329 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9334 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9335 return 0 otherwise. */
9338 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9342 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9343 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9344 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9347 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9349 addr
= loc
->address
;
9350 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9352 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9356 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9358 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9359 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9360 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9361 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9363 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9364 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9366 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9367 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9370 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9375 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9376 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9379 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9381 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9382 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9387 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9389 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9391 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9393 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9395 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9396 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9398 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9399 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9400 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9402 if (!dprintf_function
)
9403 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9405 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9406 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9411 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9415 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9417 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9418 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9421 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9422 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9426 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9427 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9429 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9430 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9432 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9433 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9435 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9436 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9437 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9438 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9439 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9440 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9442 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9446 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9447 current style settings. */
9450 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9451 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9453 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9457 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9458 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9462 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9463 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9464 as condition expression. */
9467 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9468 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9469 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9471 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9472 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9473 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9474 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9475 int display_canonical
)
9479 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9481 int target_resources_ok
;
9483 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9484 target_resources_ok
=
9485 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9487 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9488 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9489 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9490 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9493 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9495 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9497 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9498 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9502 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9504 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9506 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9507 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9512 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9516 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9517 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9518 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9519 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9520 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9522 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9523 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9525 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9527 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9528 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9530 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9532 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9533 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9534 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9538 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9540 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9542 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9543 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9545 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9547 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9549 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9551 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9552 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9554 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9556 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9559 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9560 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9567 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9568 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9572 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9573 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9577 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9579 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9580 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9582 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9585 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9586 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9587 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9589 if (b
->extra_string
)
9590 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9592 error (_("Format string required"));
9594 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9595 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9598 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9600 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9602 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9605 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9610 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9611 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9612 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9614 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9615 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9616 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9617 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9618 int display_canonical
)
9620 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9621 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9623 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9625 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9627 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9631 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9633 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9635 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9637 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9639 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9641 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9643 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9645 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9648 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9649 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9650 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9651 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9652 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9653 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9654 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9655 we take just a single condition string.
9657 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9658 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9659 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9660 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9661 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9664 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9665 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9666 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9667 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9668 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9669 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9670 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9673 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9675 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9676 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9678 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9680 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9681 'break', without arguments. */
9682 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9683 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9685 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9686 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9688 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9689 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9692 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9694 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9695 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9696 canonical
->special_display
);
9697 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9701 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9702 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9703 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9704 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9706 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9707 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9710 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9711 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9713 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9715 if ((*address
) == NULL
9716 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9718 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9720 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9722 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9723 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9726 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9727 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9728 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9730 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9731 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9732 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9733 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9734 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9735 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9737 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9739 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9740 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9741 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9742 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9743 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9745 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9747 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9748 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9749 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9751 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9754 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9758 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9760 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9761 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9762 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9763 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9765 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9766 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9767 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9769 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9770 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9771 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9772 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9773 get_last_displayed_line (),
9774 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9776 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9777 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9782 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9783 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9786 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9790 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9791 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9794 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9795 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9796 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9797 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9798 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9802 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9803 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9806 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9808 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9810 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9812 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9814 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9816 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9817 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9818 associated with SAL. */
9821 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9823 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9826 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9827 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9829 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9833 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9835 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9836 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9838 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9841 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9842 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9843 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9844 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9845 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9846 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9849 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9850 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9853 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9860 const char *end_tok
;
9862 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9863 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9865 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9867 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9869 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9873 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9875 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9877 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9879 struct expression
*expr
;
9881 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9882 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9885 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9887 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9892 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9894 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9895 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9896 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9899 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9904 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9906 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9907 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9908 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9913 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9917 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9921 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9923 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9924 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9926 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9927 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9928 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9929 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9934 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9936 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9938 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9939 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9941 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9942 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9943 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9945 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9946 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9948 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9950 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9952 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9954 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9956 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9957 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9959 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9962 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9968 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9969 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9970 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9971 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9972 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9973 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9974 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9975 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9976 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9977 was created; false otherwise. */
9980 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9981 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9982 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9984 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9986 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9987 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9988 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9991 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9992 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9993 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9994 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9995 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9996 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9999 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
10001 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
10003 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10005 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
10007 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
10008 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
10011 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10015 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
10021 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
10023 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10026 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
10027 throw_exception (e
);
10029 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
10031 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10032 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10033 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10034 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10035 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
10038 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10039 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10040 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10041 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10043 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
10045 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
10046 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
10047 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
10048 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
10049 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
10051 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
10055 throw_exception (e
);
10059 throw_exception (e
);
10062 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10063 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10065 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10066 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10067 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10068 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10069 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
10071 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10072 are ok for the target. */
10076 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10078 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10079 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
10082 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10083 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10086 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10088 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10089 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
10092 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10093 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10100 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
10102 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
10104 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10105 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10106 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10107 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10109 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
10110 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
10112 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10114 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
10116 extra_string
= rest
;
10121 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
10123 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10126 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10127 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10129 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10132 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10133 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10137 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10138 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10139 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10140 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10141 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10145 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10147 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10149 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10151 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10153 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10157 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10159 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10161 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10163 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10166 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10169 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10170 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10172 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10174 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10175 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10176 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10177 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10178 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10179 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10180 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10181 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10183 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10186 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10188 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10189 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10190 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10193 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10195 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10196 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10197 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10199 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10200 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10205 /* Set a breakpoint.
10206 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10207 condition, and thread.
10208 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10209 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10210 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10213 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10215 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10216 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10217 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10219 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10220 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10222 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10223 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10224 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10226 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10228 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10230 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10231 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10232 0 /* Ignore count */,
10233 pending_break_support
,
10241 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10244 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10248 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10250 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10251 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10252 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10255 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10256 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10257 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10258 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10261 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10263 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10264 const struct block
*b
;
10265 struct symbol
*sym
;
10267 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10270 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10273 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10274 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10278 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10279 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10280 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10281 happen in assembly source). */
10283 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10284 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10286 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10288 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10290 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10292 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10299 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10301 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10305 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10307 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10311 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10313 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10317 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10319 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10323 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10325 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10326 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10327 stop at <line>\n"));
10331 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10335 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10337 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10339 char *argptr
= arg
;
10342 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10343 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10344 function/method name. */
10345 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10347 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10352 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10354 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10358 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10360 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10364 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10368 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10372 char *argptr
= arg
;
10375 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10376 it is probably a line number. */
10377 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10379 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10384 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10386 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10390 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10392 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10395 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10396 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10397 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10401 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10403 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10405 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10407 0 /* Ignore count */,
10408 pending_break_support
,
10409 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10417 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10419 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10422 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10423 ranged breakpoints. */
10426 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10427 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10429 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10431 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10432 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10435 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10436 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10439 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10440 ranged breakpoints. */
10443 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10445 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10448 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10449 ranged breakpoints. */
10451 static enum print_stop_action
10452 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10454 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10455 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10456 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10458 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10460 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10461 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10463 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10464 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10465 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10467 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10470 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10472 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10474 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10475 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10477 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10480 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10481 ranged breakpoints. */
10484 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10485 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10487 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10488 struct value_print_options opts
;
10489 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10491 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10492 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10494 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10496 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10497 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10498 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10499 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10500 annotate_field (5);
10501 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10505 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10506 ranged breakpoints. */
10509 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10510 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10512 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10513 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10514 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10515 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10519 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10520 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10522 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10523 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10524 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10525 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10526 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10527 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10529 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10532 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10533 ranged breakpoints. */
10536 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10538 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10539 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10542 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10544 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10547 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10548 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10549 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10552 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10553 ranged breakpoints. */
10556 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10559 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10560 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10563 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10565 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10567 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10568 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10569 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10570 last instruction of the given line. */
10573 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10577 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10578 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10579 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10586 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10588 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10590 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10597 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10600 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10602 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10603 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10604 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10606 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10607 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10608 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10609 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10611 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10612 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10613 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10615 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10616 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10617 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10619 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10620 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10622 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10623 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10624 error(_("No address range specified."));
10626 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10629 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10631 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10634 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10635 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10636 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10638 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10640 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10641 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10642 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10644 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10645 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10646 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10648 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10649 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10651 /* Parse the end location. */
10653 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10656 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10657 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10658 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10659 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10660 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10661 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10662 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10663 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10665 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10667 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10668 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10670 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10671 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10672 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10673 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10675 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10676 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10677 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10679 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10680 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10681 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10683 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10685 /* Length overflowed. */
10686 error (_("Address range too large."));
10687 else if (length
== 1)
10689 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10690 the `hbreak' command. */
10691 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10693 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10698 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10699 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10700 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10701 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10702 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10703 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10704 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10705 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10706 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10708 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10711 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10715 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10716 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10717 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10721 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10723 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10729 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10730 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10733 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10743 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10744 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10745 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10746 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10747 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10749 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10776 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10779 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10780 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10785 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10786 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10787 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10788 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10789 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10790 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10791 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10793 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10794 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10799 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10801 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10802 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10803 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10804 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10806 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10807 are always constant. */
10809 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10811 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10812 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10813 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10818 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10819 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10820 then it is not a constant. */
10829 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10832 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10834 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10836 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10838 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10839 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10840 value_free (w
->val
);
10842 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10845 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10848 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10850 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10852 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10853 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10855 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10856 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10857 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10858 are loaded and unloaded.
10860 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10861 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10862 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10863 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10864 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10865 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10867 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10868 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10869 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10870 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10872 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10873 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10875 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10876 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10877 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10880 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10883 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10885 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10886 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10888 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10892 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10895 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10897 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10898 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10900 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10905 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10906 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10907 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10909 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10910 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10917 (did not match the data address). */
10918 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10919 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10926 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10928 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10930 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10933 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10934 hardware watchpoints. */
10937 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10939 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10940 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10942 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10945 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10946 hardware watchpoints. */
10949 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10951 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10952 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10955 static enum print_stop_action
10956 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10958 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10959 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10960 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10961 enum print_stop_action result
;
10962 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10963 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10965 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10967 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10968 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10970 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10971 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10975 case bp_watchpoint
:
10976 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10977 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10978 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10979 ui_out_field_string
10981 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10983 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10984 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10985 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10986 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10987 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10988 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10989 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10991 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10992 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10995 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10996 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10997 ui_out_field_string
10999 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11001 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11003 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11004 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
11005 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11006 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11009 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11010 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
11012 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11013 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11014 ui_out_field_string
11016 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11018 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11019 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
11020 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
11021 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
11022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
11027 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11028 ui_out_field_string
11030 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11031 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11034 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11035 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
11036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11037 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11040 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11043 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11047 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11051 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11053 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11054 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11055 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11059 case bp_watchpoint
:
11060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
11061 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11063 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11064 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11065 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11067 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11068 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11069 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11071 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11072 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11073 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11076 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11077 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11080 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11081 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11082 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11083 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11086 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11090 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11092 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11096 case bp_watchpoint
:
11097 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11098 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11100 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11103 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11107 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11108 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
11112 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11115 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11119 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11121 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11122 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11123 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11129 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11131 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11133 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11134 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11137 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11139 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11141 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11142 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11145 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11146 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11149 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11151 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11153 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11154 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11157 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11158 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11161 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11163 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11165 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11168 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11169 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11172 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11177 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11178 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11180 static enum print_stop_action
11181 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11183 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11184 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11186 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11187 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11191 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11192 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11194 ui_out_field_string
11196 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11199 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11200 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11201 ui_out_field_string
11203 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11206 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11207 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11208 ui_out_field_string
11210 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11213 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11214 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11218 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11219 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11220 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11221 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11223 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11224 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11227 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11228 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11231 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11232 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11234 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11236 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11237 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11239 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11240 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11241 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11244 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11245 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11248 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11250 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11251 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11252 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11256 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11257 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11258 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11260 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11261 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11262 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11264 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11265 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11266 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11269 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11270 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11273 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11274 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11275 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11276 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11279 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11280 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11283 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11285 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11290 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11291 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11293 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11294 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11296 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11300 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11301 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11304 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11306 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11309 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11311 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11313 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11316 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11318 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11321 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11322 hw_read: watch read,
11323 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11325 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11326 int just_location
, int internal
)
11328 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11329 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11330 struct expression
*exp
;
11331 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11332 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11333 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11334 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11335 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11336 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11337 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11339 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11340 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11341 enum bptype bp_type
;
11344 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11345 the hardware watchpoint. */
11347 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11348 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11350 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11352 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11353 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11355 const char *value_start
;
11357 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11359 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11360 of the arguments string. */
11361 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11363 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11364 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11367 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11368 This is the value of the parameter. */
11369 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11371 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11373 /* Skip whitespace. */
11374 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11379 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11380 This is the parameter itself. */
11381 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11384 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11386 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11388 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11389 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11390 only in a specific thread. */
11394 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11396 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11397 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11399 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11401 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11402 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11404 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11405 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11406 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11408 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11410 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11411 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11413 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11416 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11418 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11420 mark
= value_mark ();
11421 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11422 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11423 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11426 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11429 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11430 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11437 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11438 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11440 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11441 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11442 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11443 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11444 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11446 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11447 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11449 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11452 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11453 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11457 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11458 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11460 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11463 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11464 mark
= value_mark ();
11465 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11467 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11469 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11470 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11477 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11478 val
= value_addr (result
);
11479 release_value (val
);
11480 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11484 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11487 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11488 else if (ret
== -2)
11489 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11492 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11493 release_value (val
);
11495 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11496 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11498 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11499 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11501 struct expression
*cond
;
11503 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11504 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11505 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11507 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11508 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11509 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11515 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11517 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11519 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11520 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11521 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11522 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11523 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11525 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11528 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11529 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11530 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11531 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11533 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11535 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11536 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11538 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11539 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11541 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11542 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11543 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11544 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11545 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11546 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11547 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11548 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11549 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11553 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11554 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11555 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11556 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11558 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11559 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11560 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11561 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11563 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11565 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11568 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11569 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11571 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11572 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11573 b
->thread
= thread
;
11574 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11575 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11577 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11578 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11581 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11582 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11585 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11586 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11588 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11589 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11592 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11593 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11595 /* The above expression is in C. */
11596 b
->language
= language_c
;
11599 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11603 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11608 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11609 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11614 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11616 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11620 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11621 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11625 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11626 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11629 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11631 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11632 need to act on them together. */
11633 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11634 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11637 if (!just_location
)
11638 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11640 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11642 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11643 that should be inserted. */
11644 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11649 throw_exception (e
);
11652 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11653 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11656 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11657 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11660 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11662 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11663 struct value
*head
= v
;
11665 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11666 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11669 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11670 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11671 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11672 hardware watchpoint.
11674 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11675 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11676 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11677 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11678 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11679 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11680 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11681 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11682 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11684 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11685 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11686 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11687 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11688 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11690 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11692 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11693 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11694 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11695 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11696 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11697 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11701 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11702 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11703 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11705 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11706 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11707 middle of some value chain. */
11709 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11710 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11712 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11716 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11717 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11718 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11720 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11724 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11728 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11729 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11730 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11731 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11732 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11735 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11736 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11737 return found_memory_cnt
;
11741 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11743 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11746 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11747 calls watch_command_1. */
11750 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11752 int just_location
= 0;
11755 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11756 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11758 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11762 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11766 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11768 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11772 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11774 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11778 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11780 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11784 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11786 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11790 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11792 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11796 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11797 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11799 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11801 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11802 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11806 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11807 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11808 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11811 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11813 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11815 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11816 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11817 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11818 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11822 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11824 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11825 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11826 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11827 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11828 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11829 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11830 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11831 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11832 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11834 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11836 clear_proceed_status (0);
11838 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11841 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11842 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11843 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11844 get_last_displayed_line ());
11846 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11847 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11849 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11850 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11852 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11853 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11856 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11858 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11860 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11863 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11865 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11866 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11867 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11870 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11871 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11872 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11873 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11875 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11878 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11880 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11882 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11883 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11884 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11888 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11890 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11891 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11894 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11898 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11899 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11900 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11901 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11903 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11904 only at the very same frame. */
11905 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11906 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11907 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11909 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11911 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11912 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11913 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11914 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11916 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11918 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11919 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11921 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11922 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11923 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11925 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11926 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11927 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11931 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11934 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11935 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11937 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11938 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11939 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11940 if clause in the arg string. */
11943 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11947 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11950 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11953 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11954 condition string. */
11955 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11956 cond_string
= *arg
;
11958 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11960 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11962 return cond_string
;
11965 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11966 process start/exit, etc. */
11970 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11971 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11976 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11977 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11979 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11980 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11981 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11984 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11985 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11986 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11990 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11992 /* The allowed syntax is:
11994 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11996 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11997 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11999 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12000 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12002 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12003 and enable reporting of such events. */
12006 case catch_fork_temporary
:
12007 case catch_fork_permanent
:
12008 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12009 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
12011 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
12012 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
12013 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12014 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
12017 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12023 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12024 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12026 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
12027 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12029 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
12031 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12035 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12037 /* The allowed syntax is:
12039 catch exec if <cond>
12041 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12042 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12044 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12045 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12047 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
12048 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12049 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
12050 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
12052 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
12056 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12057 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12058 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
12060 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12067 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
12069 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
12071 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
12072 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
12073 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12074 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12075 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12076 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12077 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12078 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12079 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12080 enough for now, though. */
12083 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
12085 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
12086 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
12087 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
12088 b
->language
= language_ada
;
12091 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12092 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12094 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
12096 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
12097 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
12099 while (*arg
!= '\0')
12101 int i
, syscall_number
;
12103 char cur_name
[128];
12106 /* Skip whitespace. */
12107 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12109 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
12110 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
12111 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
12114 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12115 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
12116 if (*endptr
== '\0')
12117 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
12120 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12122 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
12124 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
12125 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12126 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12127 syscall number to be caught. */
12128 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
12131 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12132 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
12135 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12139 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12142 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12143 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12148 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12150 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12151 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12152 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12153 this architecture yet."));
12155 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12157 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12159 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12160 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12161 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12162 for his/her architecture. */
12163 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
12165 /* The allowed syntax is:
12167 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12169 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12172 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12176 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12177 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12181 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12183 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12188 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12190 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12193 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12196 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12198 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12199 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12200 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12201 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12203 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12205 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12208 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12212 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12215 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12218 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12220 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12221 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12224 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12225 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12227 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12231 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12232 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12233 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12234 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12239 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12240 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12241 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12242 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12244 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12245 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12246 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12247 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12248 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12249 error (_("No source file specified."));
12251 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12257 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12258 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12259 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12260 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12262 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12263 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12264 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12265 due to optimization, all in one block.
12267 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12268 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12269 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12270 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12271 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12272 to support that. */
12274 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12275 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12276 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12280 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12281 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12283 const char *sal_fullname
;
12285 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12286 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12287 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12290 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12295 1 0 <can't happen> */
12297 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12298 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12299 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12301 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12305 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12306 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12308 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12309 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12311 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12312 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12313 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12315 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12316 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12317 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12318 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12319 int line_match
= 0;
12321 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12322 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12323 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12324 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12325 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12326 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12327 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12330 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12339 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12343 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12344 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12347 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12349 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12352 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12353 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12354 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12355 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12356 compare_breakpoints
);
12357 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12358 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12362 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12367 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12368 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12371 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12372 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12374 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12377 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12380 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12381 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12384 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12386 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12389 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12390 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12391 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12394 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12396 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12398 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12399 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12400 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12402 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12404 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12406 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12407 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12411 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12412 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12413 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12414 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12415 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12416 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12419 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12421 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12422 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12423 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12424 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12425 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12427 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12428 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12430 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12431 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12434 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12435 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12436 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12438 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12439 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12440 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12442 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12443 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12444 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12446 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12447 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12448 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12450 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12453 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12454 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12455 content of the bp_location array. */
12458 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12460 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12462 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12463 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12465 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12467 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12469 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12472 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12473 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12475 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12476 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12477 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12478 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12480 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12482 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12483 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12484 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12485 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12489 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12492 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12494 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12495 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12497 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12500 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12502 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12504 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12505 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12506 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12508 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12509 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12510 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12513 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12515 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12516 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12517 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12518 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12521 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12523 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12526 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12528 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12529 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12530 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12531 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12534 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12537 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12540 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12542 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12543 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12544 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12545 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12547 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12548 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12549 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12550 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12551 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12553 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12554 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12555 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12556 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12557 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12558 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12559 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12560 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12563 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12564 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12565 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12569 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12571 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12572 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12573 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12576 address
= bl
->address
;
12577 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12579 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12580 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12581 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12583 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12584 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12587 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12588 the same program space as the location
12589 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12590 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12591 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12595 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12596 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12599 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12600 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12601 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12602 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12603 that have already been marked. */
12604 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12606 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12608 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12610 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12611 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12615 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12616 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12617 locations are duplicate of which.
12619 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12620 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12624 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12626 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12627 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12628 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12629 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12630 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12631 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12632 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12634 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12635 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12636 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12637 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12638 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12640 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12641 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12642 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12643 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12645 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12646 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12647 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12648 unsigned old_location_count
;
12650 old_location
= bp_location
;
12651 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12652 bp_location
= NULL
;
12653 bp_location_count
= 0;
12654 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12657 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12658 bp_location_count
++;
12660 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12661 locp
= bp_location
;
12662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12663 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12665 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12666 bp_location_compare
);
12668 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12670 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12671 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12672 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12673 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12674 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12677 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12678 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12680 locp
= bp_location
;
12681 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12684 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12685 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12687 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12688 not, we have to free it. */
12689 int found_object
= 0;
12690 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12691 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12694 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12695 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12696 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12697 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12701 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12702 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12705 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12706 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12707 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12709 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12710 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12711 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12713 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12714 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12717 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12721 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12722 have to go through updates again. */
12723 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12725 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12727 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12729 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12730 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12731 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12732 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12733 at certain location is not inserted. */
12735 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12737 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12740 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12742 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12743 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12744 keep_in_target
= 1;
12748 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12749 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12750 remove its target-side condition. */
12752 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12753 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12754 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12755 this one from the target. */
12757 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12758 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12761 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12762 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12765 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12767 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12769 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12770 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12771 supported, but the latter are. */
12772 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12774 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12775 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12778 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12779 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12781 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12782 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12784 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12785 keep_in_target
= 1;
12793 if (!keep_in_target
)
12795 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12797 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12798 this location on the global list, and try to
12799 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12800 reason why we will succeed next time.
12802 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12803 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12804 only after calling us. */
12805 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12806 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12807 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12815 if (removed
&& non_stop
12816 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12817 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12819 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12820 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12821 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12822 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12823 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12824 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12825 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12826 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12827 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12828 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12829 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12830 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12831 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12832 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12835 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12836 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12838 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12839 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12840 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12841 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12842 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12843 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12844 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12845 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12846 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12847 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12848 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12849 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12850 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12853 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12854 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12855 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12856 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12858 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12859 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12860 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12861 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12862 traps we can no longer explain. */
12864 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12865 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12867 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12871 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12872 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12877 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12878 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12879 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12880 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12881 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12882 are sorted first for the same address.
12884 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12885 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12887 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12888 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12889 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12890 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12893 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12895 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12898 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12899 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12900 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12901 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12902 `struct bp_location'. */
12903 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12905 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12906 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12910 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12911 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12912 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12913 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12914 "actually inserted"));
12916 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12917 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12918 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12919 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12920 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12921 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12923 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12925 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12926 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12927 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12929 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12930 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12932 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12934 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12935 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12936 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12942 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12943 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12944 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12946 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12947 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12949 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12950 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12952 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12953 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12954 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12955 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12956 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12959 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12961 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12962 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12965 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12966 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12967 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12968 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12969 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12971 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12975 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12976 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12978 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12982 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12984 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12987 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12988 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12990 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12991 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12997 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12999 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13001 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13002 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
13005 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13008 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13012 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
13013 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
13015 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
13016 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
13017 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13021 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13023 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
13025 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
13027 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
13031 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13035 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13037 struct value_print_options opts
;
13039 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
13041 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13043 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
13045 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
13049 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
13051 printf_filtered (" at ");
13052 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
13055 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
13057 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13059 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
13060 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13061 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
13062 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13064 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13065 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13066 real situation somewhat. */
13067 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
13072 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
13074 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13076 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
13081 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13084 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
13086 xfree (self
->cond
);
13087 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
13088 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
13089 xfree (self
->function_name
);
13091 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
13092 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
13095 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
13100 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13104 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13106 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
13107 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
13108 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
13109 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
13110 xfree (self
->filter
);
13111 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
13114 static struct bp_location
*
13115 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13117 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13119 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
13120 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
13125 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13127 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13130 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13131 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13134 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13136 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13140 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13142 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13146 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13147 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13149 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13151 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13155 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13160 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13164 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13166 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13169 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13173 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13175 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13178 static enum print_stop_action
13179 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13181 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13185 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13186 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13192 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13194 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13198 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13200 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13204 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13205 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13206 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13210 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13214 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13215 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13217 char *extra_string
,
13218 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13219 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13221 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13222 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13223 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13224 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13226 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13230 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13231 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13233 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13236 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13239 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13244 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13247 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13249 /* Nothing to do. */
13252 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13254 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13255 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13256 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13257 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13258 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13259 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13260 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13261 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13262 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13263 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13265 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13266 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13267 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13268 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13269 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13270 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13271 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13272 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13275 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13278 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13280 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13281 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13283 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13284 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13288 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13292 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13294 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13295 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13297 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13301 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13303 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13304 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13306 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13310 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13311 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13312 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13314 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13315 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13318 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13322 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13323 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13324 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13331 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13332 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13333 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13335 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13336 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13338 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13339 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13340 be set at the same address. */
13344 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13348 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13350 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13355 static enum print_stop_action
13356 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13358 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13359 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13361 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13363 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13365 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13366 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13368 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13369 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13370 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13373 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13375 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13377 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13378 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13380 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13381 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13382 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13384 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13385 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13387 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13391 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13398 case bp_breakpoint
:
13399 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13400 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13401 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13403 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13404 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13405 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13406 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13408 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13409 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13412 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13420 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13422 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13424 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13426 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13427 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13428 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13429 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13432 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13433 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13435 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13436 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13440 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13441 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13442 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13443 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13445 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13446 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13450 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13451 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13453 char *extra_string
,
13454 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13455 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13457 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13458 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13459 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13460 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13462 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13463 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13465 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13466 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13467 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13471 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13472 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13474 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13477 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13480 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13484 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13485 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13486 case bp_overlay_event
:
13487 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13488 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13489 case bp_exception_master
:
13490 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13493 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13494 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13495 case bp_shlib_event
:
13497 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13498 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13499 case bp_thread_event
:
13505 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13507 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13509 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13510 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13511 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13512 objects (among other things). */
13513 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13514 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13520 static enum print_stop_action
13521 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13523 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13525 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13529 case bp_shlib_event
:
13530 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13531 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13532 to shlib event" message.) */
13533 print_solib_event (0);
13536 case bp_thread_event
:
13537 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13538 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13539 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13542 case bp_overlay_event
:
13543 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13544 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13547 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13548 /* These should never be enabled. */
13549 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13552 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13553 /* These should never be enabled. */
13554 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13555 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13558 case bp_exception_master
:
13559 /* These should never be enabled. */
13560 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13561 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13565 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13569 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13571 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13574 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13577 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13579 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13580 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13581 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13582 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13586 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13588 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13591 static enum print_stop_action
13592 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13594 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13596 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13598 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13603 ui_out_field_string
13605 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13609 ui_out_field_string
13611 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13616 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13620 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13622 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13625 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13627 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13628 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13631 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13633 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13636 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13638 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13641 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13644 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13646 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13650 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13652 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13653 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13662 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13664 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13665 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13666 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13670 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13674 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13675 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13676 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13677 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13679 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13681 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13683 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13684 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13686 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13690 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13691 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13693 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13695 error (_("probe not found"));
13698 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13701 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13703 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13707 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13708 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13709 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13711 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13717 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13718 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13720 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13721 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13723 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13725 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13726 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13727 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13728 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13733 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13735 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13740 case bp_tracepoint
:
13741 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13742 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13744 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13745 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13746 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13748 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13749 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13750 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13753 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13754 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13761 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13763 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13765 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13767 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13769 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13772 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13773 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13775 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13776 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13778 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13783 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13784 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13785 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13786 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13788 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13789 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13793 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13794 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13796 char *extra_string
,
13797 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13798 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13800 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13801 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13802 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13803 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13805 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13806 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13808 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13809 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13810 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13814 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13815 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13817 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13820 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13826 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13827 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13828 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13829 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13831 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13832 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13833 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13837 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13838 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13840 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13841 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13844 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13846 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13849 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13851 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13853 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13854 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13855 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13856 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13858 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13859 error (_("Format string required"));
13861 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13862 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13863 3 - disconnect from target 1
13864 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13866 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13867 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13868 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13869 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13870 it all the time. */
13871 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13872 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13875 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13878 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13882 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13885 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13888 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13889 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13890 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13891 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13892 address are all handled. */
13895 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13897 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13898 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13899 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13901 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13902 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13903 condition not be evaluated. */
13906 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13907 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13908 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13909 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13910 commands here throws. */
13911 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13912 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13913 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13915 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13917 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13918 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13920 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13923 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13927 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13928 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13929 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13930 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13932 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13934 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13936 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13938 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13939 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13940 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13944 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13945 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13947 char *extra_string
,
13948 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13949 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13951 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13952 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13953 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13954 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13957 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13958 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13960 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13961 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13962 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13963 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13964 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13965 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13967 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13969 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13970 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13971 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13974 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13975 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13977 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13978 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13980 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13981 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13983 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13984 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13985 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13986 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13987 canonical
->special_display
);
13988 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13989 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13990 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13991 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13992 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13993 corresponds to this one */
13994 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13996 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13998 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
14003 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14004 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14006 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14008 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
14009 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
14011 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
14015 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14018 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14021 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14023 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14026 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14030 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14034 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
14036 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14037 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14040 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14041 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14042 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14043 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14044 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14047 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14048 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14049 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14050 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14052 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
14055 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14056 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14057 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
14059 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14060 struct watchpoint
*w
;
14062 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14063 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14064 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14065 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14069 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
14071 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14072 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
14073 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
14074 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14075 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
14078 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14079 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14080 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14081 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14083 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
14085 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14086 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14088 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14089 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14091 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14095 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14097 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14098 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14099 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14100 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14101 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14102 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14103 commands won't work. */
14105 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14107 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14108 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14109 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14110 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14111 might be better design to have location completely
14112 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14113 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14115 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14116 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14117 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14118 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14123 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14125 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14129 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14131 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14134 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14135 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14138 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14139 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14143 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14148 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14150 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14151 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14153 if (next
== related
)
14155 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14156 function (related
, data
);
14158 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14159 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14164 function (related
, data
);
14168 while (related
!= b
);
14172 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14174 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14177 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14178 delete_breakpoint. */
14181 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14183 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14187 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14189 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14195 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14197 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14198 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14199 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14200 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14201 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14203 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14207 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14209 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14212 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14213 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14217 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14221 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14223 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14224 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14225 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14230 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14231 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14232 Null names are ignored. */
14235 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14237 struct bp_location
*l
;
14238 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14239 (int (*) (const void *,
14240 const void *)) streq
,
14241 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14243 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14246 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14248 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14252 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14254 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14258 htab_delete (htab
);
14264 htab_delete (htab
);
14268 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14269 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14270 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14271 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14272 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14273 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14274 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14275 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14278 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14279 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14280 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14281 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14282 in the sources, and output a warning.
14284 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14285 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14286 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14287 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14288 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14291 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14292 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14293 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14294 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14295 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14296 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14297 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14298 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14299 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14301 static struct symtab_and_line
14302 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14304 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14305 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14310 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14312 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14314 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14315 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14317 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14319 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14320 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14321 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14326 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14328 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14330 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14331 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14333 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14336 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14338 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14340 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14341 struct symbol
*sym
;
14342 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14343 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14345 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14347 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14348 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14350 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14351 "found at previous line number"),
14352 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14356 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14358 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14359 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14360 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14363 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14364 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14365 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14367 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14368 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14369 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14371 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14373 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14375 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14378 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14379 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14381 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14382 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14384 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14385 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14386 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14387 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14389 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14392 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14398 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14399 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14402 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14406 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14409 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14412 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14419 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14425 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14426 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14427 a ranged breakpoint. */
14430 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14431 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14432 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14435 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14437 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14439 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14441 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14442 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14443 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14444 "multiple locations found\n"),
14449 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14450 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14451 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14452 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14453 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14454 individual locations. */
14455 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14460 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14462 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14464 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14466 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14468 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14470 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14473 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14475 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14476 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14478 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14479 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14484 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14485 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14486 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14487 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14491 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14493 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14495 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14499 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14500 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14501 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14503 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14506 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14507 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14508 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14509 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14510 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14511 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14512 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14514 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14516 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14518 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14519 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14521 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14522 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14530 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14531 if (l
->function_name
14532 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14542 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14543 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14545 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14548 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14549 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14551 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14552 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14555 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14556 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14558 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14561 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14563 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14567 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14568 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14569 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14570 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14571 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14572 state, then user already saw the message about that
14573 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14575 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14576 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14577 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14578 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14579 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14580 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14582 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14584 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14585 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14586 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14587 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14588 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14589 which approach is better. */
14590 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14591 throw_exception (e
);
14595 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14599 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14600 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14601 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14603 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14606 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14607 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14610 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14611 b
->thread
= thread
;
14614 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14615 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14618 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14619 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14629 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14630 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14634 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14637 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14638 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14639 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14641 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14644 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14648 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14650 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14653 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14654 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14658 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14661 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14662 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14665 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14666 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14667 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14668 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14670 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14673 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14674 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14678 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14679 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14681 char *extra_string
,
14682 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14683 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14685 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14686 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14687 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14688 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14690 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14692 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14693 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14694 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14697 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14698 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14701 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14702 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14704 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14706 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14707 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14708 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14709 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14712 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14713 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14715 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14717 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14719 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14720 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14721 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14723 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14726 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14729 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14731 static struct cleanup
*
14732 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14734 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14736 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14737 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14738 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14739 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14740 set_language (b
->language
);
14745 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14746 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14747 Unused in this case. */
14750 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14752 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14753 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14754 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14756 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14757 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14758 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14762 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14764 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14766 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14767 enum language save_language
;
14768 int save_input_radix
;
14769 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14771 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14772 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14773 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14777 /* Format possible error msg. */
14778 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14780 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14781 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14782 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14784 set_language (save_language
);
14785 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14787 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14789 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14791 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14792 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14793 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14794 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14797 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14799 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14800 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14802 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14804 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14806 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14807 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14809 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14810 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14811 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14813 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14817 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14818 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14819 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14822 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14824 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14830 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14832 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14834 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14835 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14840 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14844 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14845 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14847 else if (count
== 1)
14848 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14851 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14852 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14855 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14859 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14862 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14865 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14871 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14873 num
= get_number (&p
);
14875 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14877 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14879 set_ignore_count (num
,
14880 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14883 printf_filtered ("\n");
14886 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14887 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14890 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14895 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14897 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14900 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14902 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14904 while (!state
.finished
)
14906 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14910 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14913 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14918 if (b
->number
== num
)
14921 function (b
, data
);
14925 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14930 static struct bp_location
*
14931 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14933 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14937 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14938 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14943 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14945 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14948 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14953 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14954 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14957 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14959 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14963 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14966 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14972 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14973 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14974 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14977 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14979 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14980 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14981 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14982 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14985 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14986 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14989 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14991 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14992 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14994 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14995 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14997 struct bp_location
*location
;
14999 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15000 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
15003 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15005 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15008 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15011 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15013 disable_breakpoint (b
);
15016 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15017 disable_breakpoint. */
15020 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15022 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15026 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15030 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15033 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15034 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15038 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15042 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15044 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15051 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15053 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15054 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15055 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15056 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
15058 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15061 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15062 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15068 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
15071 int target_resources_ok
;
15073 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
15076 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15077 target_resources_ok
=
15078 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
15080 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
15081 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15082 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
15083 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15086 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15088 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15089 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15090 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15092 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15094 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15096 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15097 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15098 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15102 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15103 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15109 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
15110 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15112 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15114 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15115 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15117 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15118 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15120 struct bp_location
*location
;
15122 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15123 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15126 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15127 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15128 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15130 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15135 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15137 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15141 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15143 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15146 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15147 enable_breakpoint. */
15150 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15152 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15155 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15156 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15157 in stopping the inferior. */
15160 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15164 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15167 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15168 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15172 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15176 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15178 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15185 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15187 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15188 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15189 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15190 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15192 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15195 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15196 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15201 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15211 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15213 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15215 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15219 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15221 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15223 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15227 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15229 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15233 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15235 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15237 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15241 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15243 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15245 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15249 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15251 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15253 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15257 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15259 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15263 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15268 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15272 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15273 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15277 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15278 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15279 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15281 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15284 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15285 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15287 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15289 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15291 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15293 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15294 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15295 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15296 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15298 value_free (wp
->val
);
15306 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15309 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15310 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15313 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15314 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15315 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15317 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15319 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15320 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
15323 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15325 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15326 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15327 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15329 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15332 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15335 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15336 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15339 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15341 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15343 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15349 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15353 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15356 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15360 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15361 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15367 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15368 non-zero otherwise. */
15370 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15372 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15373 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15374 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15381 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15383 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15384 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15386 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15390 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15392 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15395 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15397 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15399 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15403 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15405 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15415 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15416 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15417 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15418 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15420 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15421 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15422 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15428 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15430 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15432 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15434 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15435 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15439 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15441 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15442 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15444 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15445 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15447 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15449 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15451 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15453 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15454 0 /* Ignore count */,
15455 pending_break_support
,
15459 0 /* internal */, 0);
15463 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15465 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15467 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15469 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15470 0 /* Ignore count */,
15471 pending_break_support
,
15472 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15475 0 /* internal */, 0);
15478 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15481 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15483 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15485 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15486 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15487 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15488 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15490 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15492 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15494 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15496 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15497 0 /* Ignore count */,
15498 pending_break_support
,
15502 0 /* internal */, 0);
15505 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15506 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15508 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15509 static int next_cmd
;
15512 read_uploaded_action (void)
15516 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15523 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15524 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15525 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15526 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15527 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15529 struct tracepoint
*
15530 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15532 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15533 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15535 if (utp
->at_string
)
15536 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15539 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15540 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15541 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15543 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15544 "source location, using raw address"),
15546 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15547 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15550 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15551 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15552 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15553 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15556 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15558 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15559 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15561 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15562 0 /* Ignore count */,
15563 pending_break_support
,
15564 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15566 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15568 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15571 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15572 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15573 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15577 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15580 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15583 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15584 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15585 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15587 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15589 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15594 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15596 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15598 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15599 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15600 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15601 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15604 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15605 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15606 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15611 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15615 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15617 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15620 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15622 if (num_printed
== 0)
15624 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15625 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15627 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15630 default_collect_info ();
15633 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15634 Not supported by all targets. */
15636 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15638 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15641 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15642 Not supported by all targets. */
15644 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15646 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15649 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15651 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15653 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15659 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15661 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15662 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15663 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15665 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15666 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15668 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15672 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15674 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15677 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15678 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15682 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15685 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15688 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15690 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15693 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15694 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15697 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15699 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15700 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15701 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15704 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15706 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15707 unsigned int count
;
15709 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15710 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15711 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15713 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15715 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15716 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15718 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15720 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15722 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15724 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15726 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15727 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15730 else if (*args
== '\0')
15732 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15734 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15738 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15740 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15741 while (!state
.finished
)
15743 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15745 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15750 struct tracepoint
*
15751 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15753 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15755 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15756 if (t
->number
== num
)
15757 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15762 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15763 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15766 struct tracepoint
*
15767 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15769 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15771 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15773 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15775 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15782 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15783 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15784 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15785 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15787 struct tracepoint
*
15788 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15789 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15791 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15793 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15797 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15798 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15800 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15801 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15803 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15807 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15808 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15811 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15815 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15816 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15818 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15821 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15826 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15828 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15832 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15834 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15837 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15838 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15839 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15843 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15844 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15846 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15848 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15849 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15850 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15852 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15853 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15855 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15856 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15858 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15859 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15862 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15863 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15868 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15870 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15872 /* We can stop searching. */
15879 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15883 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15884 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15885 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15887 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15888 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15889 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15891 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15892 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15894 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15896 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15897 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15900 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15901 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15904 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15906 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15907 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15910 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15913 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15916 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15918 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15922 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15923 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15925 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15927 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15930 throw_exception (ex
);
15932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15935 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15936 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15938 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15939 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15940 special, and not user visible. */
15941 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15943 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15946 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15948 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15952 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15956 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15957 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15960 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15963 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15965 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15968 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15971 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15973 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15976 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15978 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15979 all_tracepoints (void)
15981 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15982 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15984 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15986 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15993 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15994 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15995 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15997 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15998 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15999 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16000 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16001 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16002 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16003 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16004 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16005 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16006 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16007 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16009 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16010 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16012 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16013 conditions are different.\n\
16015 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16017 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16018 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
16020 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16021 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
16024 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
16025 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
16026 completer_ftype
*completer
,
16027 void *user_data_catch
,
16028 void *user_data_tcatch
)
16030 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
16032 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16034 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16035 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
16036 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16038 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16040 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16041 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
16042 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16046 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
16048 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
16049 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
16051 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
16052 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
16053 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
16057 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16059 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16060 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16061 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16064 struct breakpoint
*
16065 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16068 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16072 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16079 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16080 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16083 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16085 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16086 non-inline function. */
16087 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16093 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16094 have been inlined. */
16097 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16098 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16101 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16105 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16108 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16110 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16111 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16119 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16122 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16124 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16126 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16127 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
16128 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16132 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16134 static int initialized
= 0;
16136 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16142 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16143 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16144 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16145 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16146 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16147 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16148 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16149 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16150 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16151 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16152 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16153 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16155 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16156 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16157 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16158 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16159 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16160 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16161 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16162 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16164 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16165 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16166 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16167 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16168 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16169 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16170 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16171 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16172 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16173 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16175 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16176 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16177 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16178 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16179 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16180 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16181 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16183 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16184 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16185 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16186 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16187 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16188 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16189 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16191 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16192 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16193 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16194 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16196 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16197 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16198 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16199 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16200 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16201 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16202 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16205 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16206 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16207 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16208 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16209 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16210 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16211 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16212 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16213 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16214 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16215 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16216 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16217 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16218 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16220 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16221 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16222 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16223 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16224 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16225 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16226 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16227 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16228 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16229 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16230 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16233 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16234 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16235 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16236 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16237 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16238 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16239 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16240 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16241 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16242 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16244 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16245 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16246 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16247 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16248 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16250 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16251 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16252 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16253 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16254 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16255 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16257 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16258 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16259 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16260 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16261 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16262 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16263 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16264 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16265 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16266 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16268 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16269 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16270 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16271 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16272 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16273 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16274 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16275 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16276 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16277 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16279 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16280 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16281 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16282 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16283 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16284 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16285 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16286 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16287 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16288 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16289 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16291 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16292 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16293 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16294 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16295 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16296 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16297 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16298 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16299 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16300 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16301 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16303 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16304 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16305 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16306 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16307 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16308 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16309 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16310 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16311 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16312 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16313 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16314 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16316 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16317 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16318 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16319 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16320 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16321 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16322 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16323 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16324 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16327 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16329 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16332 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16334 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16336 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16338 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16339 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16340 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16341 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16343 breakpoint_objfile_key
16344 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16346 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16347 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16348 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16350 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16351 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16352 before a breakpoint is set. */
16353 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16355 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16357 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16358 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16359 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16361 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16363 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16364 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16365 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16366 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16367 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16368 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16369 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16370 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16372 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16373 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16374 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16375 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16376 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16378 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16379 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16380 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16381 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16382 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16384 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16385 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16387 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16388 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16389 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16390 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16392 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16393 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16395 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16396 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16397 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16398 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16400 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16401 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16403 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16404 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16405 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16406 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16407 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16408 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16409 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16411 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16412 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16413 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16414 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16415 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16416 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16418 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16420 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16421 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16422 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16423 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16424 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16425 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16427 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16428 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16429 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16432 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16433 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16434 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16437 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16438 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16439 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16440 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16443 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16444 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16445 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16448 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16449 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16450 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16453 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16454 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16455 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16456 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16459 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16460 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16461 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16462 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16463 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16464 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16465 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16466 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16468 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16469 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16470 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16471 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16472 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16474 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16475 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16476 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16477 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16478 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16479 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16482 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16483 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16484 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16485 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16487 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16488 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16489 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16490 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16491 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16493 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16494 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16495 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16496 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16498 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16499 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16500 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16501 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16502 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16505 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16506 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16507 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16508 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16509 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16510 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16512 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16513 is executing in.\n\
16515 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16516 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16518 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16519 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16520 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16521 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16523 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16524 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16525 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16526 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16529 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16533 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16534 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16535 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16536 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16537 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16538 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16539 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16540 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16541 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16542 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16543 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16544 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16545 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16546 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16547 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16548 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16550 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16551 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16552 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16553 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16554 breakpoint set."));
16557 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16558 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16559 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16560 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16561 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16562 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16563 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16564 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16565 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16567 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16568 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16569 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16570 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16571 breakpoint set."));
16573 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16576 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16577 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16578 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16579 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16580 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16581 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16582 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16583 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16584 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16586 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16587 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16588 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16589 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16590 breakpoint set."));
16592 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16593 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16594 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16595 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16596 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16597 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16598 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16599 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16600 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16601 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16602 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16603 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16604 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16606 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16607 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16608 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16609 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16611 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16613 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16614 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16615 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16616 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16618 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16619 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16620 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16621 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16623 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16624 catch_fork_command_1
,
16626 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16627 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16628 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16629 catch_fork_command_1
,
16631 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16632 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16633 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16634 catch_exec_command_1
,
16638 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16639 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16640 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16641 catch_load_command_1
,
16645 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16646 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16647 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16648 catch_unload_command_1
,
16652 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16653 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16654 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16655 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16656 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16657 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16658 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16659 catch_syscall_completer
,
16663 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16664 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16665 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16666 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16667 an expression changes.\n\
16668 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16669 the memory to which it refers."));
16670 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16672 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16673 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16674 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16675 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16676 an expression is read.\n\
16677 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16678 the memory to which it refers."));
16679 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16681 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16682 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16683 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16684 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16685 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16686 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16687 the memory to which it refers."));
16688 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16690 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16691 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16693 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16694 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16695 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16696 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16697 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16698 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16699 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16700 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16701 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16704 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16705 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16707 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16709 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16711 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16712 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16714 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16715 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16716 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16718 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16719 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16720 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16721 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16723 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16724 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16726 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16727 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16728 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16730 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16731 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16733 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16734 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16735 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16736 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16737 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16738 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16739 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16740 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16741 the selected stack frame.\n\
16742 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16743 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16744 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16745 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16747 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16749 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16750 conditions are different.\n\
16752 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16753 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16754 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16756 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16757 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16758 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16759 last tracepoint set."));
16761 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16763 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16764 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16765 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16766 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16768 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16770 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16771 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16772 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16773 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16775 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16777 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16778 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16779 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16780 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16782 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16784 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16785 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16786 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16787 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16788 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16790 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16791 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16792 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16793 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16795 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16796 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16797 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16798 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16799 session to restore them."),
16801 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16803 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16804 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16805 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16807 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16809 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16810 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16812 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16813 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16814 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16815 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16816 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16817 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16818 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16819 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16820 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16821 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16822 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16823 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16825 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16826 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16827 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16828 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16829 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16830 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16831 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16832 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16834 show_pending_break_support
,
16835 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16836 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16838 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16840 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16841 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16842 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16843 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16844 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16845 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16846 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16848 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16849 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16850 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16852 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16853 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16854 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16855 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16856 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16857 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16858 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16859 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16860 when execution stops."),
16862 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16863 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16864 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16866 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16867 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16868 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16869 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16870 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16871 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16872 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16873 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16874 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16875 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16876 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16877 be set to \"gdb\""),
16878 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16879 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16880 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16881 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16883 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16884 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16885 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16886 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16887 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16888 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16889 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16890 or the start of the range\n\
16891 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16892 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16893 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16895 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16896 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16897 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16899 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16900 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16901 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16902 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16903 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16904 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16905 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16907 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16908 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16909 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16910 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16911 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16912 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16913 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16914 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16915 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16916 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16917 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16918 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16920 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16921 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16922 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16923 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16924 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16925 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16926 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16928 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16929 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16930 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16931 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16932 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16933 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16934 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16936 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16937 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16938 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16939 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16940 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16941 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16944 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16946 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16947 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16948 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16950 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16952 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16953 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);